blob: d442b1fc583793a4b3a1547271d43e300e74e0f4 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
61 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
62 MD->isInstanceMethod());
63 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
64 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
82 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000090SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
91 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
92 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
93}
94
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000095//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
96// Standard Promotions and Conversions
97//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
98
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000099/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
100void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
101 QualType Ty = E->getType();
102 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
103
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000104 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
105 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000106 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
107 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
108 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
109 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
110 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
111 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
112 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000113 //
114 // C++ 4.2p1:
115 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
116 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
117 //
118 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
119 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000120 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
121 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000122}
123
124/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
125/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
126/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
127/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
128/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
129Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
130 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
131 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
132
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000133 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
134 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
135 else
136 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
137
138 return Expr;
139}
140
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000141/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
142/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
143/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
144void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
145 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
146 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
147
148 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
149 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
150 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
151 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
152
153 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
154}
155
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000156// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
157// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000158void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000159 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
160
161 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
162 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
163 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
164 Expr->getType() << CT;
165 }
166}
167
168
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
170/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
171/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
172/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
173/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
174/// GCC.
175QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
176 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000177 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000178 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000179
180 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000181
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000182 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
183 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000184 QualType lhs =
185 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
186 QualType rhs =
187 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000188
189 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
190 if (lhs == rhs)
191 return lhs;
192
193 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
194 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
195 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
196 return lhs;
197
198 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000199 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000200 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000201 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000202 return destType;
203}
204
205QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
206 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
207 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
208 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
209 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
210 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000211 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
212 lhs = Context.IntTy;
213 else
214 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
215 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
216 rhs = Context.IntTy;
217 else
218 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000219
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000220 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
221 if (lhs == rhs)
222 return lhs;
223
224 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
225 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
226 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
227 return lhs;
228
229 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
230
231 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
232 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
233 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
234 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
235 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return lhs;
237 }
238 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
239 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000240 return rhs;
241 }
242 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
243 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
244 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
245 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
246 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
247 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
248 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
249 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
250 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
251 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
252 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
253
254 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
255 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
257 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000258 }
259 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
260 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
261 // does not require this promotion.
262 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
263 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000264 return rhs;
265 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 return lhs;
267 }
268 }
269 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
270 }
271 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
272 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
273 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000274 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000278 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
279 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
280 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
281 }
282 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000283 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 return rhs;
285 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000286 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
287 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
288 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
289 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
291 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
292 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000293 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000295 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
296 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297 }
298 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
299 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
300 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
301 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
302
303 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
304 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
306 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 return rhs;
308 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
309 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 return lhs;
311 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
312 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 return rhs;
314 }
315 }
316 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
317 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
318 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
319 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
320 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
321 QualType destType;
322 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
323 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
324 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
325 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
326 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
327 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
328 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
329 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
330 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
331 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
332 // use the signed type.
333 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
334 } else {
335 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
336 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
337 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
338 // to the signed type.
339 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
340 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000341 return destType;
342}
343
344//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
345// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
346//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
347
348
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000349/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000350/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
351/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
352/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
353/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000354///
355Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000356Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000357 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
358
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000359 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000361 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000362
363 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
364 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
365 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000366
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000368 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000370
371 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
372 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
373 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000374
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
376 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
377 // strings.
378 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000379 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000380 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000381
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000382 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000383 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
384 Literal.GetStringLength(),
385 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
386 &StringTokLocs[0],
387 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000388}
389
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000390/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
391/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
392/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
393/// for values inside the block or for globals).
394///
395/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
396/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
397/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
398static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
399 ValueDecl *VD) {
400 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
401 // we wanted to.
402 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
403 return false;
404
405 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
406 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
407 return false;
408
409 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
410 // snapshot it.
411 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
412 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
413 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
414
415 return true;
416}
417
418
419
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000420/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000421/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000422/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000423/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000424/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000425Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
426 IdentifierInfo &II,
427 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000428 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
429 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
430 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000431 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000432}
433
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000434/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
435/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
436/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000437DeclRefExpr *
438Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
439 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
440 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000441 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000442 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
443 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000444 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000445 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000446 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000453 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
454 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
455
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000456 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
458 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
459 // this even better.
460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000478Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
480 FieldDecl *Field,
481 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
482 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
483 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
484 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
485 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
486
487 // Construct the sequence of field member references
488 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
489 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
490 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
491 // the current context to the field we found.
492 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
493 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
494 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
495 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
496 do {
497 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
500 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
501 else {
502 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
503 break;
504 }
505 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
506 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
507 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
508
509 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
510 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
511 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
512 // found via name lookup.
513 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
514 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
515 if (BaseObject) {
516 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
517 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000518 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000519 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000520 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000521 ExtraQuals
522 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
523 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
524 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
525 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
526 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
527 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
528 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
529 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
530 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
531 }
532 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
533 } else {
534 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
535 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
536 // program our base object expression is "this".
537 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
538 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
539 QualType AnonFieldType
540 = Context.getTagDeclType(
541 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
542 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
543 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
544 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
545 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
546 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000547 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000548 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000549 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
550 }
551 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000552 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
553 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 }
555 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
556 }
557
558 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000559 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
560 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000561 }
562
563 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
564 // anonymous struct/union.
565 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
566 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
567 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
568 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
569 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
570 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
571 unsigned combinedQualifiers
572 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
573 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
574 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000575 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
576 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000577 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
578 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000581 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000582}
583
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000584/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
585/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
586/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
587/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
588/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
589/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
590/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
591/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
592/// forms.
593///
594/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
595/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
596/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
597/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000598///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000599/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
600/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
601/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
602/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000603Sema::OwningExprResult
604Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
605 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000606 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000607 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000608 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000609 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
610 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000611
612 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
613 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
614 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
615 // names a dependent type.
616 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000617 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
618 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000619 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000620 }
621
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000622 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
623 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000624
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000625 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000626 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
627 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
628 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
629 : SourceRange());
630 return ExprError();
631 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000632 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000633
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000634 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
635 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000636 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
637 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000638 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
639 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000640 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
641 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
642 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000643 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000644 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000645 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
646 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000647 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000648 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
649 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000650 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
651 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
652 // an error.
653 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
654 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
655 << IV->getDeclName());
656 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
657 // same name exists, use the global.
658 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000659 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
660 ClassDeclared != IFace)
661 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000662 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
663 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
664 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
665 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
666 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
667 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
668 true, true);
669 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
670 return Owned(MRef);
671 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000672 }
673 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000674 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
675 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
676 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000677 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
678 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
679 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
680 IFace == ClassDeclared)
681 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
682 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000683 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000684 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000685 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000686 QualType T;
687
688 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
689 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
690 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
691 else
692 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000693 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000694 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000696
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000697 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
698 // argument-dependent lookup.
699 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
700 HasTrailingLParen;
701
702 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000703 // We've seen something of the form
704 //
705 // identifier(
706 //
707 // and we did not find any entity by the name
708 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
709 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
710 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
711 Context.OverloadTy,
712 Loc));
713 }
714
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000715 if (D == 0) {
716 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
717 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000718 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000719 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000720 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000721 else {
722 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
723 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000724 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000725 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
726 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000727 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
728 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000729 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
730 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000731 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000732 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000733 }
734 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000735
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000736 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
737 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
738 // not any specific instance's member.
739 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000740 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000741 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000742 QualType DType;
743 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
744 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
745 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
746 DType = Method->getType();
747 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
748 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
749 }
750 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
751 if (!DType.isNull()) {
752 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
753 // dependent.
754 bool Dependent = false;
755 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
756 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
757 if (DC->isRecord()) {
758 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
759 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
760 Dependent = true;
761 break;
762 }
763 }
764 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000765 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000766 }
767 }
768 }
769
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000770 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
771 // (C++ [class.union]).
772 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
773 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
774 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000775
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000776 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
777 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
778 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
779 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
780 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
781 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
782 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
783 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
784 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
785 QualType MemberType;
786 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
787 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
788 MemberType = FD->getType();
789
790 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
791 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
792 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
793 unsigned combinedQualifiers
794 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
795 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
796 }
797 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
798 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
799 Ctx = Method->getParent();
800 MemberType = Method->getType();
801 }
802 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
803 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
804 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
805 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
806 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
807 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
808 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
809 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
810 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
811 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
812 break;
813 }
814 }
815 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000816
817 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000818 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
819 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
820 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
821 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
822 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
823 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000824 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000825 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000826 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000827 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000828 }
829 }
830 }
831 }
832
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000833 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000834 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
835 if (MD->isStatic())
836 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000837 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
838 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000839 }
840
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000841 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
842 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
843 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000844 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
845 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000846 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000847
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000848 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000849 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000850 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000851 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000852 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000854
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000855 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000856 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000857 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
858 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000859 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
860 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
861 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000862 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000863
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000864 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
865 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
866 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
867 // that overload resolution actually selects.
868 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
869 return ExprError();
870
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000871 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000872 // Warn about constructs like:
873 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
874 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000875 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
876 Scope *CheckS = S;
877 while (CheckS) {
878 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000879 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000880 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000881 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
882 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000883 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000884 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
885 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000886 break;
887 }
888
889 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
890 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
891 if (CheckS)
892 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
893 }
894 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000895 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
896 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
897 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
898 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
899 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
900 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
901 // type.
902 QualType T = Func->getType();
903 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000904 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
905 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000906 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
907 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000908 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000909
910 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
911 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000912 return ExprError();
913
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000914 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
915 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
916 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
917 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000918 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000919 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
920 // as they do not get snapshotted.
921 //
922 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000923 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
924 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
925
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000926 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000927 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
928 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000929 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000930
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000931 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000932 ExprTy.addConst();
933 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000934 }
935 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
936 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000937
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000938 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000939 bool ValueDependent = false;
940 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
941 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
942 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
943 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
944 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
945 TypeDependent = true;
946 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
947 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
948 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
949 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
950 TypeDependent = true;
951 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
952 // names a dependent type.
953 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000954 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000955 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
956 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000957 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000958 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
959 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
960 TypeDependent = true;
961 break;
962 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000963 }
964 }
965 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000966
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000967 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
968 //
969 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
970 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
971 if (TypeDependent)
972 ValueDependent = true;
973 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
974 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
975 ValueDependent = true;
976 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
977 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
978 // (FIXME!).
979 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000980
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
982 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000983}
984
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000985Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
986 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000987 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000988
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000989 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000990 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000991 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
992 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
993 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000994 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000995
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000996 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
997 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000998 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000999 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1000 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001001 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1002 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1003 else {
1004 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1005 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1006 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1007 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001008
1009
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001010 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001011 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001012 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001013 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001014}
1015
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001017 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1018 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1019 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1020 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001021
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001022 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1023 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1024 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001025 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001026
1027 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1028
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001029 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1030 Literal.isWide(),
1031 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001032}
1033
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001034Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1035 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001036 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1037 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001038 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001039 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001040 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001041 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001042 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001043
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001044 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001045 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1046 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001047 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001048
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001049 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1050 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001052 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1053 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1054 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError();
1056
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001057 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001058
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001059 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001060 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001061 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001062 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001063 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001064 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001065 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001066 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001067
1068 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1069
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001070 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1071 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001072 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1073 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001074
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001075 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001077 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001078 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001079
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001080 // long long is a C99 feature.
1081 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001082 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001083 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1084
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001085 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001086 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001088 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1089 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1090 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001091 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1092 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001093 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001094 } else {
1095 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1096 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001097
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001098 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1099 // be an unsigned int.
1100 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1101
1102 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001103 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001104 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1105 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001106 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001107
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001108 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1109 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1110 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1111 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001112 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001113 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001114 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001115 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001116 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001117 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001118
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001119 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001120 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001121 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001122
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001123 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1124 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1125 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1126 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001127 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001128 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001129 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001130 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001131 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132 }
1133
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001134 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001135 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001136 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001137
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001138 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1139 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1140 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1141 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001143 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001144 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001145 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001146 }
1147 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001149 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1150 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001151 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001152 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001153 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001154 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001155 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001157 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1158 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001159 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001160 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001161 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001163 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1164 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001165 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1166 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167
1168 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001169}
1170
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1172 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1173 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001174 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001175 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001176}
1177
1178/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1179/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001180bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001181 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1182 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1183 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001184 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1185 return false;
1186
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001187 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001188 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001189 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001190 if (isSizeof)
1191 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1192 return false;
1193 }
1194
1195 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001196 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1197 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001198 return false;
1199 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001200
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001201 return RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001202 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1203 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1204 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001205}
1206
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001207bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1208 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1209 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001210
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001211 // alignof decl is always ok.
1212 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1213 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001214
1215 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1216 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1217 return false;
1218
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001219 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1220 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1221 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001222 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001223 return true;
1224 }
1225 // Other fields are ok.
1226 return false;
1227 }
1228 }
1229 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1230}
1231
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001232/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1233Action::OwningExprResult
1234Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1235 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1236 if (T.isNull())
1237 return ExprError();
1238
1239 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1240 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1241 return ExprError();
1242
1243 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1244 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1245 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1246 R.getEnd()));
1247}
1248
1249/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1250/// operand.
1251Action::OwningExprResult
1252Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1253 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1254 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1255 bool isInvalid = false;
1256 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1257 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1258 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1259 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1260 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1261 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1262 isInvalid = true;
1263 } else {
1264 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1265 }
1266
1267 if (isInvalid)
1268 return ExprError();
1269
1270 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1271 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1272 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1273 R.getEnd()));
1274}
1275
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001276/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1277/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1278/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001279Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001280Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1281 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001282 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001283 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001284
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001285 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001286 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1287 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1288 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001289
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001290 // Get the end location.
1291 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1292 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1293 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1294
1295 if (Result.isInvalid())
1296 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1297
1298 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001299}
1300
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001301QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001302 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1303 return Context.DependentTy;
1304
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001305 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1306
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001307 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001308 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1309 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001310
1311 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1312 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1313 return V->getType();
1314
1315 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001316 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1317 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001318 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001319}
1320
1321
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001322
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001323Action::OwningExprResult
1324Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1325 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1326 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001327
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001328 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1329 switch (Kind) {
1330 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1331 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1332 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1333 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001334
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001335 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1336 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1337 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001338 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001339 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1340
1341 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1342 //
1343 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1344 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1345 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1346 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1347 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1348 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1349 // argument will have value zero.
1350 Expr *Args[2] = {
1351 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001352 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1353 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001354 };
1355
1356 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1357 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001358 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001359
1360 // Perform overload resolution.
1361 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1362 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1363 case OR_Success: {
1364 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1365 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1366
1367 if (FnDecl) {
1368 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1369 // operator.
1370
1371 // Convert the arguments.
1372 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1373 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001374 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001375 } else {
1376 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001377 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001378 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1379 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001380 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001381 }
1382
1383 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001384 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001385 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1386 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001387
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001388 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001389 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001390 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001391 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1392
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001393 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001394 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1395 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1396 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001397 } else {
1398 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1399 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1400 // operator node.
1401 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1402 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001403 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001404
1405 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001406 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001407 }
1408
1409 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1410 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1411 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1412 break;
1413
1414 case OR_Ambiguous:
1415 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1416 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1417 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1418 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001419 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001420
1421 case OR_Deleted:
1422 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1423 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1424 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1425 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1426 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1427 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001428 }
1429
1430 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1431 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1432 // build a built-in operation.
1433 }
1434
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001435 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1436 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001437 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001438 return ExprError();
1439 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001440 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001441}
1442
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001443Action::OwningExprResult
1444Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1445 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1446 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1447 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001448
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001449 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001450 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001451 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1452 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1453 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001454 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1455 // to the candidate set.
1456 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1457 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001458 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1459 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001460
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001461 // Perform overload resolution.
1462 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1463 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1464 case OR_Success: {
1465 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1466 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1467
1468 if (FnDecl) {
1469 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1470 // operator.
1471
1472 // Convert the arguments.
1473 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1474 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1475 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1476 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1477 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001478 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001479 } else {
1480 // Convert the arguments.
1481 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1482 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1483 "passing") ||
1484 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1485 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1486 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001487 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001488 }
1489
1490 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001491 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001492 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1493 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001494
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001495 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001496 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1497 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001498 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1499
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500 Base.release();
1501 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001502 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1503 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001504 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001505 } else {
1506 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1507 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1508 // operator node.
1509 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1510 "passing") ||
1511 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1512 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001514
1515 break;
1516 }
1517 }
1518
1519 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1520 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1521 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1522 break;
1523
1524 case OR_Ambiguous:
1525 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1526 << "[]"
1527 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1528 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001530
1531 case OR_Deleted:
1532 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1533 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1534 << "[]"
1535 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1536 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1537 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001538 }
1539
1540 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1541 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1542 // build a built-in operation.
1543 }
1544
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001545 // Perform default conversions.
1546 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1547 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001549 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1550
1551 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001552 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001553 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001554 // and index from the expression types.
1555 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1556 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001557 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1558 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1559 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1560 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1561 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001562 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1563 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1564 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1565 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001566 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001567 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1568 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1569 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1570 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1571 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001572 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1573 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001574 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001575
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001576 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1577 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1578 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1580 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1581 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001582 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001583 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001584 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1585 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001586
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001587 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1588 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1589 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1590 // incomplete types are not object types.
1591 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1592 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1593 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1594 return ExprError();
1595 }
1596 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
1597 RequireCompleteType(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), ResultType,
1598 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
1599 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1600 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001601
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 Base.release();
1603 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001604 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001605 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001606}
1607
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001608QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001609CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001610 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001611 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001612
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001613 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1614 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001615
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001616 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001617 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1618 // to be selected.
1619 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001620
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001621 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1622 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1623 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001624
1625 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1626 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001627 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001628 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1629 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001630 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001631 do
1632 compStr++;
1633 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001634 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001635 do
1636 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001637 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001638 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001639
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001640 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001641 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1642 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1644 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001645 return QualType();
1646 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001647
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001648 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1649 // operates on.
1650 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1651 compStr = CompName.getName();
1652
1653 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001654 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001655
1656 while (*compStr) {
1657 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1658 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1659 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1660 return QualType();
1661 }
1662 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001663 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001664
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001665 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1666 // number of elements.
1667 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001668 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001669 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001670 return QualType();
1671 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001672
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001673 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001674 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001675 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001676 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001677 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001678 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1679 : CompName.getLength();
1680 if (HexSwizzle)
1681 CompSize--;
1682
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001683 if (CompSize == 1)
1684 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001685
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001686 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001687 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001688 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1689 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1690 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1691 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001692 }
1693 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001694}
1695
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001696static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1697 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1698 const Selector &Sel) {
1699
1700 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
1701 return PD;
1702 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
1703 return OMD;
1704
1705 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1706 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1707 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel))
1708 return D;
1709 }
1710 return 0;
1711}
1712
1713static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1714 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1715 const Selector &Sel) {
1716 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1717 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1718 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1719 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1720 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
1721 GDecl = PD;
1722 break;
1723 }
1724 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1725 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
1726 GDecl = OMD;
1727 break;
1728 }
1729 }
1730 if (!GDecl) {
1731 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1732 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1733 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
1734 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel);
1735 if (GDecl)
1736 return GDecl;
1737 }
1738 }
1739 return GDecl;
1740}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001741
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001742/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1743/// all base class implementations.
1744///
1745ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1746 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1747 const Selector &Sel) {
1748 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
1749 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1750 Sema::ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1751 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1752
1753 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1754 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1755 return Method;
1756}
1757
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001758Action::OwningExprResult
1759Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1760 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001761 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001762 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001764 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001765
1766 // Perform default conversions.
1767 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001768
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001769 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1770 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001771
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001772 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1773 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001774 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001775 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001776 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001777 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001778 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1779 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001780 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001781 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1782 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1783 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001784 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001785
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001786 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1787 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001788 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001789 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001790 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001791 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1792 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1793 return ExprError();
1794
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001795 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001796 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1797 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001798 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001799 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001800 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001801
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001802 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001803 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1804 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001805 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001806 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1807 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1808 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001809 }
1810
1811 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001812
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001813 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1814 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1815 // error cases.
1816 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1817 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001818
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001819 // Check the use of this field
1820 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1821 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001822
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001823 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001824 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1825 // (C++ [class.union]).
1826 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001827 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001828 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001829
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001830 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1831 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001832 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001833 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1834 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1835 else {
1836 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1837 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001838 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001839 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1840 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1841 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001842
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001843 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1844 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001845 }
1846
1847 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001848 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001849 Var, MemberLoc,
1850 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1851 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001852 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001853 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1854 MemberFn->getType()));
1855 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1856 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001857 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001858 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1859 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001860 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1861 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001862 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001863 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1864 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001865
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001866 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1867 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1868 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001869 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1870 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1871 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001872 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001873
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001874 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1875 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001876 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001877 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1878 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member,
1879 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001880 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1881 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1882 // error cases.
1883 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1884 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001885
1886 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1887 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1888 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001889 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1890 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001891 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1892 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1893 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001894 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1895 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1896 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1897 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1898 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1899 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1900 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001901 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001902 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1903 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1904 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1905 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1906 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1907 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001908 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001909
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001910 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001911 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001912 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001913 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1914 }
1915 // @protected
1916 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1917 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1918 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001919
1920 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001921 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001922 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1923 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001924 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001925 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001926 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1927 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1928 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001929 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001930
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001931 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1932 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1933 const PointerType *PTy;
1934 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1935 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1936 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1937 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001938
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001939 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001940 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001941 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1942 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1943 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001944
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001945 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001946 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1947 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001948
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001949 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001950 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1951 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001952 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001953 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1954 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1955 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001956
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001957 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001958 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1959 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001960
1961 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1962 // selector is implemented.
1963
1964 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1965 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1966
1967 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1968 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001969
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001970 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1971 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001972 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001973
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001974 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1975 if (!Getter) {
1976 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1977 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1978 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1979 }
1980 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001981 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001982 // Check if we can reference this property.
1983 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1984 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001985 }
1986 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1987 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1988 Selector SetterSel =
1989 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1990 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
1991 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1992 if (!Setter) {
1993 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1994 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001995 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001996 }
1997 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1998 if (!Setter) {
1999 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2000 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2001 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002002 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002003 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002004
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002005 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2006 return ExprError();
2007
2008 if (Getter || Setter) {
2009 QualType PType;
2010
2011 if (Getter)
2012 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2013 else {
2014 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2015 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2016 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2017 }
2018 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2019 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2020 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2021 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002022 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2023 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002024 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002025 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2026 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2027 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2028 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002029 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2030 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel)) {
2031 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002032 // Check the use of this declaration
2033 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2034 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002035
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002036 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002037 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2038 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002039 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002040 // Check the use of this method.
2041 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2042 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002043
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002044 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002045 OMD->getResultType(),
2046 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2047 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002048 }
2049 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002050
2051 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2052 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002053 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002054 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2055 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2056 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2057 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2058 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2060 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002061 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002062 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002063 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002064 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002065 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002066 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002067 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2068 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2069 Selector SetterSel =
2070 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2071 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2072 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2073 if (!Setter) {
2074 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2075 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002076 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002077 }
2078 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2079 if (!Setter) {
2080 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2081 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2082 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2083 }
2084 }
2085
2086 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2087 return ExprError();
2088
2089 if (Getter || Setter) {
2090 QualType PType;
2091
2092 if (Getter)
2093 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2094 else {
2095 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2096 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2097 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2098 }
2099 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2100 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2101 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2102 }
2103 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2104 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002105 }
2106 }
2107
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002108 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002109 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002110 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2111 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002112 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002113 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002114 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002115 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002117 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2118 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2119
2120 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2121 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2122 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2123 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2124 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2125 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2126 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2127 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2128 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2129 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2130 }
2131
2132 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002133}
2134
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002135/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2136/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2137/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2138/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2139/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2140/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002141bool
2142Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002143 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002144 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002145 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2146 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002147 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002148 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2149 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2150 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002151 bool Invalid = false;
2152
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002153 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2154 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2155 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2156 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2157 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2158 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2159 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2160 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002161 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002162 }
2163
2164 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2165 // them.
2166 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2167 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2168 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2169 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2170 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2171 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2172 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2173 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002174 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002175 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002176 }
2177 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2178 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002179
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002180 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2181 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2182 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002183
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002184 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002185 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002186 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002187
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002188 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2189 ProtoArgType,
2190 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2191 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2192 return true;
2193
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002194 // Pass the argument.
2195 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2196 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002197 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002198 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002199 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002200 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002201
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002202 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2203 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002204
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002205 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2206 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002207 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2208 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2209 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2210 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2211 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2212
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002213 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2214 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2215 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002216 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002217 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2218 }
2219 }
2220
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002221 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002222}
2223
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002224/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002225/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2226/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002227Action::OwningExprResult
2228Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2229 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002230 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002231 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2232 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2233 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002234 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002235 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002236 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002237
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002238 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002239 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002240 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002241 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2242 bool Dependent = false;
2243 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2244 Dependent = true;
2245 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2246 Dependent = true;
2247
2248 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002249 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002250 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2251
2252 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2253 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2254 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2255 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2256
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002257 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002258 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2259 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2260 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002261 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2262 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002263 }
2264
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002265 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002266 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002267 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2268 bool ADL = true;
2269 while (true) {
2270 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2271 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2272 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002273 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002274 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002275 ADL = false;
2276 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2277 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002278 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002279 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2280 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002281 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2282 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2283 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2284 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002285 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002286 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2287 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2288 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002289 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002290 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2291 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2292 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002293 break;
2294 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002295 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002296
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002297 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2298 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002299 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002300 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2301 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002302
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002303 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002304 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002305 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002306 ADL = false;
2307
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002308 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2309 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2310 ADL = false;
2311
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002312 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002313 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2314 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002315 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2316 if (!FDecl)
2317 return ExprError();
2318
2319 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2320 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002321 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002322 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002323 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2324 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2325 false, false,
2326 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2327 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002328 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002329 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002330 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2331 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2332 Fn = NewFn;
2333 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002334 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002335
2336 // Promote the function operand.
2337 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2338
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002339 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2340 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002341 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2342 Args, NumArgs,
2343 Context.BoolTy,
2344 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002345
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002346 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2347 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2348 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2349 // have type pointer to function".
2350 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2351 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002352 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2353 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002354 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2355 } else { // This is a block call.
2356 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2357 getAsFunctionType();
2358 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002359 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002360 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2361 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2362
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002363 // Check for a valid return type
2364 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2365 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2366 FuncT->getResultType(),
2367 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2368 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2369 return ExprError();
2370
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002371 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002372 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002373
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002374 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002375 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002376 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002377 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002378 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002379 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002380
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002381 if (FDecl) {
2382 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2383 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2384 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
2385 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
2386 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2387 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2388 }
2389
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002390 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002391 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2392 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2393 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002394 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2395 Arg->getType(),
2396 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2397 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2398 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002399 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002400 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002401 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002402
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002403 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2404 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002405 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2406 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002407
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002408 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002409 if (FDecl)
2410 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002411
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002412 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002413}
2414
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002415Action::OwningExprResult
2416Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2417 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002418 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002419 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2420 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002421 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002422 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002423
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002424 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002425 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002426 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2427 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002428 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002429 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2430 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002431 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002432
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002433 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002434 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002435 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002436
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002437 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002438 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002439 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002440 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002441 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002442 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002443 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002444 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002445}
2446
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002447Action::OwningExprResult
2448Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002449 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2450 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2451 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002452
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002453 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002454 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002455
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002456 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002457 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002458 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002459 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002460}
2461
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002462/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002463bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002464 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2465
2466 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2467 // type needs to be scalar.
2468 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2469 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002470 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2471 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002472 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002473 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2474 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2475 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2476 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002477 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002478 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2479 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2480 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2481 // GCC cast to union extension
2482 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2483 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2484 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2485 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2486 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2487 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2488 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2489 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2490 break;
2491 }
2492 }
2493 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2494 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2495 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2496 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002497 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002498 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002499 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002500 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002501 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002502 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002503 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2504 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002505 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002506 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2507 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2508 return true;
2509 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2510 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2511 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002512 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0bd8a92009-04-06 22:07:54 +00002513 Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_super_cast_deprecated) << TyR;
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002514 }
2515 return false;
2516}
2517
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002518bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002519 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002520
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002521 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002522 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002523 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002524 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002525 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002526 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002527 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002528 } else
2529 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002530 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002531 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002532
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002533 return false;
2534}
2535
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002536Action::OwningExprResult
2537Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2538 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2539 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2540 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002541
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002542 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002543 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2544
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002545 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002546 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002547 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002548 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002549}
2550
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002551/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2552/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002553/// C99 6.5.15
2554QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2555 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002556 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2557 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2558 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2559 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2560 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2561 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002562
2563 // first, check the condition.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002564 if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2565 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2566 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2567 << CondTy;
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002568 return QualType();
2569 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002570 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002571
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002572 // Now check the two expressions.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002573 if ((LHS && LHS->isTypeDependent()) || (RHS && RHS->isTypeDependent()))
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002574 return Context.DependentTy;
2575
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002576 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2577 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002578 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2579 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2580 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002581 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002582
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002583 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2584 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002585 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2586 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002587 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002588 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002589 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002590 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002591 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002592 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002593
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002594 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002595 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002596 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2597 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2598 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2599 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2600 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2601 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2602 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2603 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2604 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002605 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002606 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002607 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2608 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002609 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2610 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2611 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2612 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2613 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002614 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002615 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2616 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2617 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2618 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2619 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002620 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002621
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002622 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2623 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002624 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2625 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002626 // get the "pointed to" types
2627 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2628 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002629
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002630 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2631 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002632 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002633 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2634 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002635 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002636 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2637 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002638 return destType;
2639 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002640 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002641 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002642 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002643 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2644 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002645 return destType;
2646 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002647
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002648 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattner676c86a2009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002649 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002650 return LHSTy;
2651 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002652
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002653 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002654
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002655 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2656 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002657 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002658 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002659 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2660 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2661 // type. This allows
2662 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2663 // where B is a subclass of A.
2664 //
2665 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2666 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2667 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2668 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2669
Steve Naroff9fc9cb52009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002670 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002672 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2673 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2674 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2675 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002676 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002677 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002678 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002679 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002680 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2681 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002682 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2683 } else {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002684 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002685 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002686 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002687 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002688 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2689 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002690 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002691 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002692 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002693 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002694 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2695 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002696 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2697 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2698 // to get a consistent AST.
2699 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002700 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2701 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002702 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002703 }
2704 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002705 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2706 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2707 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2708 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002709 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002710 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002711 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2712 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002713 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002714 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002715 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002716
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002717 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2718 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2719 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2720 return LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002721
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002722 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2723 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002724 // id with statically typed objects).
2725 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002726 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2727 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2728 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002729 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002730 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002731 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2732 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2733 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002734 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2735 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2736 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2737 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2738 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2739 // cases. Investigate.
2740 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002741 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2742 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002743 return compositeType;
2744 }
2745 }
2746
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002747 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002748 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2749 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002750 return QualType();
2751}
2752
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002753/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002754/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002755Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2756 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2757 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2758 ExprArg RHS) {
2759 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2760 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002761
2762 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2763 // was the condition.
2764 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2765 if (isLHSNull)
2766 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002767
2768 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002769 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2770 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002771 return ExprError();
2772
2773 Cond.release();
2774 LHS.release();
2775 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002776 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002777 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2778 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002779}
2780
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002781
2782// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002783// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002784// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2785// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2786// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002787Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002788Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2789 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002790
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002791 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002792 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2793 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002794
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002795 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002796 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2797 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002798
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002799 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002800
2801 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2802 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2803 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002804 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002805 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002806 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002807
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002808 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2809 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002810 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002811 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002812 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002813 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002814
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002815 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002816 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2817 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002818 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002819
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002820 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002821 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002822 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002823
2824 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002825 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2826 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002827 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002828 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002829 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002830 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2831 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2832 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2833 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2834 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2835 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2836 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2837 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2838 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2839 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2840 }
2841 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2842 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2843 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2844 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2845 }
2846 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2847 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2848 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2849 // warning can be disabled.
2850 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2851 return ConvTy;
2852 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2853 }
2854 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2855 return IncompatiblePointer;
2856 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002857 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002858}
2859
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002860/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2861/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2862/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2863// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002864Sema::AssignConvertType
2865Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002866 QualType rhsType) {
2867 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002868
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002869 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2870 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002871 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2872
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002873 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2874 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2875 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002876
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002877 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002878
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002879 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2880 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2881 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002882
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002883 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002884 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002885 return ConvTy;
2886}
2887
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002888/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2889/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002890/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2891///
2892/// int a, *pint;
2893/// short *pshort;
2894/// struct foo *pfoo;
2895///
2896/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2897/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2898/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2899/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2900///
2901/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002902/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002903///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002904Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002905Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002906 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2907 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002908 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2909 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002910
2911 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002912 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002913
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002914 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2915 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2916 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2917 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2918 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2919 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2920 // type.
2921 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2922 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002923 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002924 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002925 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002926
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002927 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2928 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002929 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002930 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2931 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2932 return IntToPointer;
2933 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2934 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002935 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002936 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002937
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002938 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002939 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002940 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2941 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002942 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002943
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002944 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002945 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002946 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002947 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2948 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002949 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002950 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002951 }
2952 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002953 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002954
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002955 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002956 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002957
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002958 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002959 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002960 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002961
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002962 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002963 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002964
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002965 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002966 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002967 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002968
2969 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2970 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2971 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2972 return Compatible;
2973 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002974 return Incompatible;
2975 }
2976
2977 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2978 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00002979 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002980
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002981 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2982 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2983 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2984 return Compatible;
2985
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002986 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2987 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002988
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002989 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2990 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002991 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002992 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002993 return Incompatible;
2994 }
2995
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002996 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002997 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002998 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2999 return Compatible;
3000
3001 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003002 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003003
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003004 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003005 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003006
3007 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003008 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003009 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003010 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003011 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003012
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003013 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003014 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003015 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003016 }
3017 return Incompatible;
3018}
3019
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003020Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003021Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003022 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3023 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3024 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3025 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3026 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003027 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3028 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003029 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregorbb461502008-10-24 04:54:22 +00003030 else
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003031 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003032 }
3033
3034 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3035 // structures.
3036 }
3037
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003038 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3039 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003040 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3041 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003042 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003043 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003044 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003045 return Compatible;
3046 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003047
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003048 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003049 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003050 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003051 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003052 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003053 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003054 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3055 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003056
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003057 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3058 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003059
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003060 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3061 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003062 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3063 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3064 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3065 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003066 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003067 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003068 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003069}
3070
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003071Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003072Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3073 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3074}
3075
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003076QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003077 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003078 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003079 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003080 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003081}
3082
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003083inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003084 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003085 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003086 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003087 QualType lhsType =
3088 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3089 QualType rhsType =
3090 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003091
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003092 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003093 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003094 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003095
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003096 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3097 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003098 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3099 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3100 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003101 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3102 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003103 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003104 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003105 }
3106 }
3107 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003108
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003109 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3110 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003111 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003112 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003113
3114 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003115 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3116 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003117 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003118 return lhsType;
3119 }
3120 }
3121
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003122 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003123 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003124 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003125 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3126
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003127 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003128 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3129 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003130 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003131 return rhsType;
3132 }
3133 }
3134
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003135 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003137 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003138 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003139 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003140}
3141
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003142inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003143 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003144{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003145 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003146 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003147
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003148 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003149
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003150 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003151 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003152 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003153}
3154
3155inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003156 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003157{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003158 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3159 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3160 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3161 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3162 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003163
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003164 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003165
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003166 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003167 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003168 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003169}
3170
3171inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003172 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003173{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003174 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3175 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3176 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3177 return compType;
3178 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003179
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003180 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003181
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003182 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003183 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3184 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3185 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003186 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003187 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003188
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003189 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3190 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3191 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3192 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3193
3194 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3195 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3196 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003197 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3198 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3199 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003200 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003201 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003202 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003203
3204 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3205 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3206 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3207 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3208 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3209 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3210 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3211 return QualType();
3212 }
3213
3214 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3215 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3216 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3217 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3218 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3219 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3220 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3221 lex->getType()))
3222 return QualType();
3223
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003224 if (CompLHSTy) {
3225 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3226 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3227 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3228 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3229 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003230 return PExp->getType();
3231 }
3232 }
3233
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003234 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003235}
3236
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003237// C99 6.5.6
3238QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003239 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3240 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3241 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3242 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3243 return compType;
3244 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003245
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003246 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003247
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003248 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003249
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003250 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003251 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3252 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003253 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003254 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003255
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003256 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3257 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003258 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003259
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003260 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003261
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003262 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3263 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3264 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3265 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3266 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3267 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3268 return QualType();
3269 }
3270
3271 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3272 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3273 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3274 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3275 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003276 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003277 return QualType();
3278 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003279
3280 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3281 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3282 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3283 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3284 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3285 lex->getSourceRange(),
3286 SourceRange(),
3287 lex->getType()))
3288 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003289
3290 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003291 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3292 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3293 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3294 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3295 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3296 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3297 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3298 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3299
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003300 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003301 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003302 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003303
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003304 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3305 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003306 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003307
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003308 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3309 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3310 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3312 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3313 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3314 return QualType();
3315 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003316
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003317 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3318 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3319 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3320 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003321 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003322 return QualType();
3323 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003324
3325 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3326 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3327 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3328 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3329 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3330 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3331 rex->getSourceRange(),
3332 SourceRange(),
3333 rex->getType()))
3334 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003335
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003336 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003337 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003338 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003339 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003340 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003341 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003342 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003343 return QualType();
3344 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003345
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003346 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3347 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3348 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3349 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3350 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3351 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3352 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003353
3354 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003355 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3356 }
3357 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003358
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003359 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003360}
3361
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003362// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003363QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003364 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003365 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3366 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003367 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003368
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003369 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3370 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003371 QualType LHSTy;
3372 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3373 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3374 else
3375 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003376 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003377 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3378
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003379 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003380
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003381 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003382 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003383}
3384
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003385// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003386QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003387 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3388 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3389
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003390 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003391 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003393 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003394 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3395 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3396 else {
3397 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3398 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3399 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003400 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3401 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003402
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003403 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003404 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3405 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3406 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003407 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3408 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003409 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3410 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3411 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3412 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003413 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3414 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003415 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003416
3417 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3418 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3419 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3420 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3421
3422 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3423 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003424 Expr *literalString = 0;
3425 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003426 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003427 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3428 literalString = lex;
3429 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3430 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003431 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3432 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003433 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3434 literalString = rex;
3435 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3436 }
3437
3438 if (literalString) {
3439 std::string resultComparison;
3440 switch (Opc) {
3441 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3442 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3443 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3444 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3445 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3446 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3447 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3448 }
3449 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3450 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3451 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003452 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3453 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3454 "strcmp(")
3455 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3456 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003457 resultComparison);
3458 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003459 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003460
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003461 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003462 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003463
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003464 if (isRelational) {
3465 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003466 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003467 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003468 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003469 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003470 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003471 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003472 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003473
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003474 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003475 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003476 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003477
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003478 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3479 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003480
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003481 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3482 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3483 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003484 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003485 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003486 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003487 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003488 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003489
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003490 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003491 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3492 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003493 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003494 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003495 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003496 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003497 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003498 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003499 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003500 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003501 // Handle block pointer types.
3502 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3503 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3504 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003505
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003506 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3507 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003509 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003510 }
3511 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003512 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003513 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003514 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3515 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3516 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3517 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003518 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003519 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003520 }
3521 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003522 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003523 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003524
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003525 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003526 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003527 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3528 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003529 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003530 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003531 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003532 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003533
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003534 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3535 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003536 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003537 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003538 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003539 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003540 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003541 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003542 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003543 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003544 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3545 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003546 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003547 } else {
3548 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003549 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003550 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003551 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003552 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003553 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003554 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003555 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003556 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003557 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003558 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003559 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003560 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003561 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003562 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003563 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003564 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003565 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003566 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003567 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003568 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003569 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003570 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003571 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003572 // Handle block pointers.
3573 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3574 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003575 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003576 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003577 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003578 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003579 }
3580 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3581 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003582 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003583 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003584 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003585 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003586 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003587 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003588}
3589
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003590/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003591/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003592/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3593/// types.
3594QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003595 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003596 bool isRelational) {
3597 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3598 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003599 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003600 if (vType.isNull())
3601 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003602
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003603 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3604 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003605
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003606 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3607 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3608 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3609 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3610 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3611 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3612 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003613 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003614 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003615
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003616 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3617 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3618 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003619 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003620 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003621
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003622 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3623 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3624 if (1) {
3625 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3626 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3627 return QualType();
3628 }
3629
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003630 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3631 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3632 // elements for floating point vectors.
3633 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3634 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003635
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003636 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003637 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003638 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003639 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003640 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003641 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3642
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003643 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003644 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003645 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3646}
3647
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003648inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003649 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003650{
3651 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003652 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003653
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003654 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003655
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003656 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003657 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003658 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003659}
3660
3661inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003662 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003663{
3664 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3665 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003666
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003667 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003668 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003669 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003670}
3671
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003672/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3673/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3674/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3675///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003677{
3678 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3679 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3680 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3681 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3682 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003683 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003684 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3685 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3686 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3687 return true;
3688 }
3689 }
3690 return false;
3691}
3692
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003693/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3694/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3695static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003696 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3697 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3698 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003699 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3700 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003701
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003702 unsigned Diag = 0;
3703 bool NeedType = false;
3704 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3705 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3706 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003707 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003708 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3709 NeedType = true;
3710 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003711 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003712 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3713 NeedType = true;
3714 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003715 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003716 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3717 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003718 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003719 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3720 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003721 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3722 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003723 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003724 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3725 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003726 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003727 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3728 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003729 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003730 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3731 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003732 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3733 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3734 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003735 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3736 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3737 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003738 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003739
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003740 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003741 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003742 else
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003743 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003744 return true;
3745}
3746
3747
3748
3749// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003750QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3751 SourceLocation Loc,
3752 QualType CompoundType) {
3753 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3754 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003755 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003756
3757 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3758 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003759
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003760 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003761 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003762 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003763 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003764 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3765 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3766 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3767 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3768 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3769 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3770 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003771
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003772 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3773 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3774 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003775 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003776 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3777 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3778 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3779 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3780 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003781 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003782 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003783 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3784 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3785 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003786 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3787 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003788 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3789 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3790 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003791 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003792 }
3793 } else {
3794 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003795 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003796 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003797
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003798 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3799 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003800 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003802 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3803 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003804 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003805 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3806 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003807 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3808 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003809 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003810}
3811
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003812// C99 6.5.17
3813QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003814 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003815 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003816
3817 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3818 // incomplete in C++).
3819
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003820 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003821}
3822
3823/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3824/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003825QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3826 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003827 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3828 return Context.DependentTy;
3829
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003830 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3831 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003832
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003833 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3834 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3835 if (!isInc) {
3836 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3837 return QualType();
3838 }
3839 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3840 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3841 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003842 // OK!
3843 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3844 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003845 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003846 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3847 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3848 << Op->getSourceRange();
3849 return QualType();
3850 }
3851
3852 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003853 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003854 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003855 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3856 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3857 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3858 return QualType();
3859 }
3860
3861 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003862 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003863 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3864 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3865 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3866 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003867 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003868 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3869 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3870 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003871 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003872 } else {
3873 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003874 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003875 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003876 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003877 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003878 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003879 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003880 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003881 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003882}
3883
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003884/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003885/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003886/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3887/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3888/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3889/// - &(x) => x
3890/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3891/// - &s.xx => s
3892/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3893/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3894/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3895/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003896static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003897 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003898 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003899 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003900 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003901 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003902 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3903 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003904 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003905 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003906 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003907 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003908 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003909
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003910 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003911 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003912 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003913 return 0;
3914 else
3915 return VD;
3916 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003917 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3918 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003919
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003920 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3921 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3922 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003923 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3924 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3925 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3926 return 0;
3927 return VD;
3928 }
3929 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003930 }
3931 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3932 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3933 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3934 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3935 default:
3936 return 0;
3937 }
3938 }
3939 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3940 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3941
3942 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3943 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3944
3945 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3946 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3947 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3948 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3949 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3950 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3951 }
3952 }
3953
3954 return 0;
3955 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003956 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003957 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003958 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3959 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003960 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003961 default:
3962 return 0;
3963 }
3964}
3965
3966/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003967/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003968/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003969/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003970/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003971/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003972/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003973QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003974 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3975 return Context.DependentTy;
3976
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003977 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3978 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3979 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3980 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3981 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3982 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3983 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3984 }
3985 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3986 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3987 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003988 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003989 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003990
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003991 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003992 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3993 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003994 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3995 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003996 return QualType();
3997 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003998 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003999 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
4000 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4001 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4002 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
4003 return QualType();
4004 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004005 }
4006 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004007 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4008 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004009 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004010 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004011 return QualType();
4012 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004013 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004014 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4015 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4016 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004017 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4018 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004019 return QualType();
4020 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004021 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004022 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004023 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4024 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004025 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4026 // scope qualifier for the class.
4027 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4028 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4029 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4030 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4031 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4032 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004033 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4034 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004035 // As above.
4036 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4037 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4038 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4039 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4040 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4041 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004042 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004043 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004044 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004045 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004046
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004047 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4048 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4049}
4050
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004051QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004052 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4053 return Context.DependentTy;
4054
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004055 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4056 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004057
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004058 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4059 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4060 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4061 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4062 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004063 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004064
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004065 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004066 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004067 return QualType();
4068}
4069
4070static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4071 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4072 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4073 switch (Kind) {
4074 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004075 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4076 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004077 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4078 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4079 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4080 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4081 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4082 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4083 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4084 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4085 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4086 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4087 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4088 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4089 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4090 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4091 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4092 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4093 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4094 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4095 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4096 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4097 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4098 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4099 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4100 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4101 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4102 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4103 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4104 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4105 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4106 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4107 }
4108 return Opc;
4109}
4110
4111static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4112 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4113 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4114 switch (Kind) {
4115 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4116 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4117 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4118 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4119 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4120 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4121 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4122 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4123 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004124 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4125 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4126 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4127 }
4128 return Opc;
4129}
4130
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004131/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4132/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4133/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004134Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4135 unsigned Op,
4136 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004137 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004138 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004139 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4140 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4141 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004142
4143 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004144 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4145 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4146 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004147 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4148 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4149 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4150 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4151 break;
4152 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004153 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4154 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4155 break;
4156 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4157 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4158 break;
4159 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4160 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4161 break;
4162 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4163 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4164 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004165 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004166 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4167 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4168 break;
4169 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4170 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4171 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4172 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004173 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004174 break;
4175 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4176 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004177 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004178 break;
4179 case BinaryOperator::And:
4180 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4181 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4182 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4183 break;
4184 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4185 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4186 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4187 break;
4188 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4189 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004190 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4191 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4192 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4193 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004194 break;
4195 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004196 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4197 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4198 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4199 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004200 break;
4201 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004202 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4203 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4204 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004205 break;
4206 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004207 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4208 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4209 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004210 break;
4211 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4212 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004213 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4214 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4215 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4216 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004217 break;
4218 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4219 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4220 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004221 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4222 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4223 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4224 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004225 break;
4226 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4227 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4228 break;
4229 }
4230 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004231 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004232 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004233 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4234 else
4235 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004236 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4237 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004238}
4239
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004240// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004241Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4242 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4243 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004244 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004245 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004246
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004247 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4248 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004249
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004250 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4251 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4252 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4253 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4254 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4255 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4256 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004257 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004258 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4259 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4260 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4261 Functions);
4262 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4263 DeclarationName OpName
4264 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4265 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004266 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004267
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004268 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4269 // binary operation.
4270 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004271 }
4272
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004273 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4274 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004275}
4276
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004277Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4278 unsigned OpcIn,
4279 ExprArg InputArg) {
4280 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004281
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004282 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4283 // appropriately.
4284 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004285 QualType resultType;
4286 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004287 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4288 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4289 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4290 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4291 break;
4292
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004293 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4294 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004295 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4296 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004297 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004298 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004299 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4300 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004301 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004302 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004303 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4304 break;
4305 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4306 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4307 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4308 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004309 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4310 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004311 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4312 break;
4313 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4314 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4315 break;
4316 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4317 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4318 resultType->isPointerType())
4319 break;
4320
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004321 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4322 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004323 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4324 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4325 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004326 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4327 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004328 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4329 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4330 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004331 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004332 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004333 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004334 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4335 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004336 break;
4337 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4338 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4339 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4340 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004341 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4342 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004343 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004344 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4345 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004346 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004347 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4348 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004349 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004350 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004351 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004352 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004353 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004354 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004355 resultType = Input->getType();
4356 break;
4357 }
4358 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004359 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004360
4361 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004362 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004363}
4364
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004365// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4366Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4367 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4368 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4369 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4370
4371 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4372 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4373 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4374 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4375 // the arguments.
4376 FunctionSet Functions;
4377 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4378 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4379 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4380 Functions);
4381 DeclarationName OpName
4382 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4383 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4384 }
4385
4386 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4387 }
4388
4389 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4390}
4391
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004392/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004393Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4394 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4395 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Steve Naroffff9ecaf2009-03-13 16:03:38 +00004397 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = CurBlock ? CurBlock->LabelMap[LabelII] :
4398 LabelMap[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004399
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004400 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4401 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004402 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004403 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004404
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004405 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004406 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4407 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004408}
4409
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004410Sema::OwningExprResult
4411Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4412 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4413 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004414 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4415 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4416
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004417 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4418 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004419 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004420 }
4421
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004422 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4423 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4424 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004426 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4427 // should not warn about it being unused.
4428
4429 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4430 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4431 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004432
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004433 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4434 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4435 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4436 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4437 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004439 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004440 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004441 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004442
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004443 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4444 // expressions are not lvalues.
4445
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004446 substmt.release();
4447 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004448}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004449
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004450Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4451 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4452 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4453 TypeTy *argty,
4454 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4455 unsigned NumComponents,
4456 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4457 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4458 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004459 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4460 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004461
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004462 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4463
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004464 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4465 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4466 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004467 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004468 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004470 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4471 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004472
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004473 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4474 // the offsetof designators.
4475 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4476 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004477 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004478 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004479
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004480 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4481 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004482 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4483 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004484 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004485 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4486 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004487
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004488 if (!Dependent) {
4489 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4490 // leaks like a sieve.
4491 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4492 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4493 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4494 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4495 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4496 if (!AT) {
4497 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004498 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4499 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004500 }
4501
4502 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4503
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004504 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4505 // expression.
4506 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4507
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004508 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4509 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004510 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004511 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004512 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4513 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4514 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004515
4516 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4517 OC.LocEnd);
4518 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004519 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004520
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004521 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4522 if (!RC) {
4523 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004524 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4525 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004526 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004527
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004528 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4529 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4530 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4531 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4532 LookupMemberName)
4533 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004534 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004535 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004536 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4537 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004538
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004539 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4540 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4541 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4542 // matter here.
4543 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004544 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004545 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004546 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004547
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004548 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4549 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004550}
4551
4552
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004553Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4554 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4555 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004556 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4557 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004558
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004559 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004560
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004561 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4562 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004563}
4564
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004565Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4566 ExprArg cond,
4567 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4568 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4569 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4570 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4571 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004572
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004573 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4574
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004575 QualType resType;
4576 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4577 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4578 } else {
4579 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4580 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4581 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4582 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004583 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4584 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4585 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004586
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004587 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4588 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4589 }
4590
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004591 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4592 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4593 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004594}
4595
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004596//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4597// Clang Extensions.
4598//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4599
4600/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004601void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004602 // Analyze block parameters.
4603 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004604
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004605 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4606 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4607 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004608
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004609 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4610 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004611 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004612
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004613 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004614 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004615}
4616
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004617void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4618 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4619
4620 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4621 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4622 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4623
4624 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4625 if (T.isNull())
4626 T = Context.DependentTy;
4627
4628 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4629 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4630 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4631
4632 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4633 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
4634 Type *RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4635 .getTypePtr();
4636
4637 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4638 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
4639 return;
4640 }
4641
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004642 // Analyze arguments to block.
4643 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4644 "Not a function declarator!");
4645 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004646
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004647 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4648 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004649
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004650 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4651 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4652 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4653 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004654 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4655 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004656 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004657 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004658 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4659 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004660 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004661 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004662 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator (ParamInfo, CurScope);
4663
4664 Type* RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4665 .getTypePtr();
4666
4667 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4668 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004669 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004670 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
4671 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004672
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004673 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4674 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4675 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4676 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4677 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004678}
4679
4680/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4681/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4682void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4683 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4684 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004685
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004686 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4687 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004688
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004689 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Douglas Gregorc1408ea2009-03-11 23:54:15 +00004690
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004691}
4692
4693/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4694/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004695Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4696 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004697 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4698 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4699 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4700
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004701 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4702 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004703
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004704 PopDeclContext();
4705
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004706 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4707 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004708
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004709 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4710 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4711 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004712
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004713 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4714 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4715 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004716
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004717 QualType BlockTy;
4718 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004719 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004720 else
4721 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004722 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004723
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004724 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4725
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004726 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004728 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4729 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4730 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004731}
4732
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004733Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4734 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4735 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004736 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004737 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4738 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4739
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004740 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004741
4742 // Get the va_list type
4743 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4744 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4745 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4746 // a pointer for va_arg.
4747 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4748 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004749 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4750 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004751
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004752 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004753 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4754 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004755 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004756 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004757
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004758 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004759 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004761 expr.release();
4762 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4763 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004764}
4765
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004766Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004767 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4768 // pointers on the target.
4769 QualType Ty;
4770 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4771 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4772 else
4773 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4774
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004775 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004776}
4777
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004778bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4779 SourceLocation Loc,
4780 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4781 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4782 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4783 bool isInvalid = false;
4784 unsigned DiagKind;
4785 switch (ConvTy) {
4786 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4787 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004788 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004789 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4790 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004791 case IntToPointer:
4792 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4793 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004794 case IncompatiblePointer:
4795 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4796 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004797 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4798 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4799 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004800 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4801 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4802 break;
4803 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004804 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4805 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4806 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4807 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4808 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4809 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4810 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4811 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4812 // C++ semantics.
4813 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4814 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4815 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004816 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4817 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004818 case IntToBlockPointer:
4819 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4820 break;
4821 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004822 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004823 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004824 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004825 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004826 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4827 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4828 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004829 case IncompatibleVectors:
4830 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4831 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004832 case Incompatible:
4833 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4834 isInvalid = true;
4835 break;
4836 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004837
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004838 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4839 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004840 return isInvalid;
4841}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004842
4843bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4844{
4845 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4846
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004847 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004848 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4849 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4850
4851 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4852 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4853 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4854 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4855 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4856 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4857 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004858
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004859 return true;
4860 }
4861
4862 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004863 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004864 E->getSourceRange();
4865
4866 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4867 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4868 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4869 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004871 if (Result)
4872 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4873 return false;
4874}